QDK Series Plane Swivel Clamp Cylinder

Specifications: QDKL40X5SU is an AirTAC 40 mm planar rotary clamp cylinder. Left rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 5 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QDK planar rotary clamp cylinder; double acting L Left / counterclockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 40 40 mm nominal bore X5 5 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately U Flat front cover (thread code omitted) PT1/8 Design and operating features Rotation is completed in one plane, with zero axial rotation stroke before the separate 5 mm clamping movement. Two-pin guidance stabilizes rotation. Choose the raised through-panel front cover or U flat front cover for the installation. Four sensor grooves are built into the body; switches are selected separately. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 40 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread PT1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Axial rotation stroke 0 mm (rotation in a plane) Straight clamping stroke 5 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QDK40 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa 75.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.2 MPa 180.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.3 MPa 286.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.4 MPa 391.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.5 MPa 497.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.6 MPa 602.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.7 MPa 708.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.8 MPa 813.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QDK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QDK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QDK20/25 peak speed below 65.5 mm/s; QDK32/40 below 120 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 80 AC 70 B 52 CA 58.5 D 16 E M8×1.25 EA 10 F 10 FA 3 G 6.8 H 14 J 10.5 JA 6.5 JB 40 K M8×1.25 KA 20 N — P PT1/8 PA 35 PB 9 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Body Aluminum alloy 2 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 3 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 4 Magnet pad NBR 5 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 6 O-ring NBR 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Piston Brass except 40 mm; aluminum alloy for 40 mm 9 Bumper TPU 10 Front cover Aluminum alloy 11 Set screw Alloy steel 12 O-ring NBR 13 Set screw Alloy steel 14 O-ring NBR 15 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 16 Intermediate seat SCr440 17 Pin SUJ2 18 Spring Stainless steel 19 Rotary shaft SCr440 20 Retaining plate Stainless steel 21 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 22 Pin SUJ2 23 Shaft seal NBR 24 Piston rod SCr440 25 Shaft seal NBR Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The overview offers an optional clamp arm by manufacturer consultation, but the illustrated arm is not assigned an independent order code in this ordering table. The present order code selects the cylinder and front-cover form; it does not specify that optional arm. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 H-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for this magnetic QDK cylinder. Select the profile that fits the intended switch groove, then match the electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSJ and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QDK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the QDK body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For an H-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 6 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at each cylinder working port; no speed adjustment PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the separately selected valve P/A/B ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC601 or PTL601A at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC6M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal the tapered PT connection correctly. Seat the separate M5 valve-side gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa by the 5V100 valve. Its common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The QDK body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Apply the original arm-length/pressure and inertia/peak-speed curves to the actual fixture; these interface choices do not establish an allowable motion speed or cycle time. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 460 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: QDKR40X5SUG is an AirTAC 40 mm planar rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 5 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QDK planar rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 40 40 mm nominal bore X5 5 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately U Flat front cover G G1/8 Design and operating features Rotation is completed in one plane, with zero axial rotation stroke before the separate 5 mm clamping movement. Two-pin guidance stabilizes rotation. Choose the raised through-panel front cover or U flat front cover for the installation. Four sensor grooves are built into the body; switches are selected separately. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 40 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread G1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Axial rotation stroke 0 mm (rotation in a plane) Straight clamping stroke 5 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QDK40 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa 75.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.2 MPa 180.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.3 MPa 286.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.4 MPa 391.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.5 MPa 497.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.6 MPa 602.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.7 MPa 708.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.8 MPa 813.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QDK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QDK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QDK20/25 peak speed below 65.5 mm/s; QDK32/40 below 120 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 80 AC 70 B 52 CA 58.5 D 16 E M8×1.25 EA 10 F 10 FA 3 G 6.8 H 14 J 10.5 JA 6.5 JB 40 K M8×1.25 KA 20 N — P G1/8 PA 35 PB 9 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Body Aluminum alloy 2 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 3 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 4 Magnet pad NBR 5 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 6 O-ring NBR 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Piston Brass except 40 mm; aluminum alloy for 40 mm 9 Bumper TPU 10 Front cover Aluminum alloy 11 Set screw Alloy steel 12 O-ring NBR 13 Set screw Alloy steel 14 O-ring NBR 15 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 16 Intermediate seat SCr440 17 Pin SUJ2 18 Spring Stainless steel 19 Rotary shaft SCr440 20 Retaining plate Stainless steel 21 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 22 Pin SUJ2 23 Shaft seal NBR 24 Piston rod SCr440 25 Shaft seal NBR Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The overview offers an optional clamp arm by manufacturer consultation, but the illustrated arm is not assigned an independent order code in this ordering table. The present order code selects the cylinder and front-cover form; it does not specify that optional arm. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 H-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for this magnetic QDK cylinder. Select the profile that fits the intended switch groove, then match the electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSJ and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QDK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the QDK body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For an H-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 6 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. GPC601: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at each cylinder working port; no speed adjustment GPTL601A: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the separately selected valve P/A/B ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose GPC601 or GPTL601A at each G1/8 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC6M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G parallel-thread sealing ring correctly; G and PT threads are not interchangeable. Seat the separate M5 valve-side gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa by the 5V100 valve. Its common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The QDK body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Apply the original arm-length/pressure and inertia/peak-speed curves to the actual fixture; these interface choices do not establish an allowable motion speed or cycle time. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 460 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: QDKR40X5SU is an AirTAC 40 mm planar rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 5 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QDK planar rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 40 40 mm nominal bore X5 5 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately U Flat front cover (thread code omitted) PT1/8 Design and operating features Rotation is completed in one plane, with zero axial rotation stroke before the separate 5 mm clamping movement. Two-pin guidance stabilizes rotation. Choose the raised through-panel front cover or U flat front cover for the installation. Four sensor grooves are built into the body; switches are selected separately. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 40 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread PT1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Axial rotation stroke 0 mm (rotation in a plane) Straight clamping stroke 5 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QDK40 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa 75.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.2 MPa 180.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.3 MPa 286.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.4 MPa 391.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.5 MPa 497.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.6 MPa 602.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.7 MPa 708.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.8 MPa 813.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QDK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QDK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QDK20/25 peak speed below 65.5 mm/s; QDK32/40 below 120 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 80 AC 70 B 52 CA 58.5 D 16 E M8×1.25 EA 10 F 10 FA 3 G 6.8 H 14 J 10.5 JA 6.5 JB 40 K M8×1.25 KA 20 N — P PT1/8 PA 35 PB 9 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Body Aluminum alloy 2 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 3 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 4 Magnet pad NBR 5 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 6 O-ring NBR 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Piston Brass except 40 mm; aluminum alloy for 40 mm 9 Bumper TPU 10 Front cover Aluminum alloy 11 Set screw Alloy steel 12 O-ring NBR 13 Set screw Alloy steel 14 O-ring NBR 15 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 16 Intermediate seat SCr440 17 Pin SUJ2 18 Spring Stainless steel 19 Rotary shaft SCr440 20 Retaining plate Stainless steel 21 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 22 Pin SUJ2 23 Shaft seal NBR 24 Piston rod SCr440 25 Shaft seal NBR Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The overview offers an optional clamp arm by manufacturer consultation, but the illustrated arm is not assigned an independent order code in this ordering table. The present order code selects the cylinder and front-cover form; it does not specify that optional arm. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 H-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for this magnetic QDK cylinder. Select the profile that fits the intended switch groove, then match the electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSJ and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QDK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the QDK body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For an H-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 6 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at each cylinder working port; no speed adjustment PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the separately selected valve P/A/B ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC601 or PTL601A at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC6M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal the tapered PT connection correctly. Seat the separate M5 valve-side gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa by the 5V100 valve. Its common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The QDK body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Apply the original arm-length/pressure and inertia/peak-speed curves to the actual fixture; these interface choices do not establish an allowable motion speed or cycle time. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 460 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: QDKR32X5SU is an AirTAC 32 mm planar rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 5 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QDK planar rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 32 32 mm nominal bore X5 5 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately U Flat front cover (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Rotation is completed in one plane, with zero axial rotation stroke before the separate 5 mm clamping movement. Two-pin guidance stabilizes rotation. Choose the raised through-panel front cover or U flat front cover for the installation. Four sensor grooves are built into the body; switches are selected separately. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Axial rotation stroke 0 mm (rotation in a plane) Straight clamping stroke 5 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QDK32 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa 43.1 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.2 MPa 111.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.3 MPa 181.3 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.4 MPa 250.4 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.5 MPa 319.5 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.6 MPa 388.6 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.7 MPa 457.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.8 MPa 526.8 N theoretical IN / clamping force These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QDK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QDK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QDK20/25 peak speed below 65.5 mm/s; QDK32/40 below 120 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 75 AC 65 B 44.5 CA 50 D 14 E M8×1.25 EA 10 F 10 FA 3 G 5.2 H 10 J 9 JA 5.5 JB 34 K M6×1 KA 17 N 12 P M5×0.8 PA 33.5 PB 7 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Body Aluminum alloy 2 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 3 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 4 Magnet pad NBR 5 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 6 O-ring NBR 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Piston Brass except 40 mm; aluminum alloy for 40 mm 9 Bumper TPU 10 Front cover Aluminum alloy 11 Set screw Alloy steel 12 O-ring NBR 13 Set screw Alloy steel 14 O-ring NBR 15 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 16 Intermediate seat SCr440 17 Pin SUJ2 18 Spring Stainless steel 19 Rotary shaft SCr440 20 Retaining plate Stainless steel 21 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 22 Pin SUJ2 23 Shaft seal NBR 24 Piston rod SCr440 25 Shaft seal NBR Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The overview offers an optional clamp arm by manufacturer consultation, but the illustrated arm is not assigned an independent order code in this ordering table. The present order code selects the cylinder and front-cover form; it does not specify that optional arm. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 H-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for this magnetic QDK cylinder. Select the profile that fits the intended switch groove, then match the electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSJ and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QDK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the QDK body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For an H-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 cylinder working ports or separate M5 valve P/A/B ports; no speed adjustment PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC4M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa by the 5V100 valve. Its common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The QDK body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Apply the original arm-length/pressure and inertia/peak-speed curves to the actual fixture; these interface choices do not establish an allowable motion speed or cycle time. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 325 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: QDKR25X5SU is an AirTAC 25 mm planar rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 5 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QDK planar rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 25 25 mm nominal bore X5 5 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately U Flat front cover (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Rotation is completed in one plane, with zero axial rotation stroke before the separate 5 mm clamping movement. Two-pin guidance stabilizes rotation. Choose the raised through-panel front cover or U flat front cover for the installation. Four sensor grooves are built into the body; switches are selected separately. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 25 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Axial rotation stroke 0 mm (rotation in a plane) Straight clamping stroke 5 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QDK25 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa 17.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.2 MPa 55.5 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.3 MPa 93.3 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.4 MPa 131.1 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.5 MPa 168.9 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.6 MPa 206.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.7 MPa 244.5 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.8 MPa 282.3 N theoretical IN / clamping force These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QDK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QDK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QDK20/25 peak speed below 65.5 mm/s; QDK32/40 below 120 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 70 AC 60 B 40 CA — D 12 E M8×1.25 EA 8 F 10 FA 3 G 5.2 H 10 J 9 JA 5.5 JB 28 K M6×1 KA 17 N 10 P M5×0.8 PA 31 PB 7 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Body Aluminum alloy 2 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 3 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 4 Magnet pad NBR 5 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 6 O-ring NBR 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Piston Brass except 40 mm; aluminum alloy for 40 mm 9 Bumper TPU 10 Front cover Aluminum alloy 11 Set screw Alloy steel 12 O-ring NBR 13 Set screw Alloy steel 14 O-ring NBR 15 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 16 Intermediate seat SCr440 17 Pin SUJ2 18 Spring Stainless steel 19 Rotary shaft SCr440 20 Retaining plate Stainless steel 21 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 22 Pin SUJ2 23 Shaft seal NBR 24 Piston rod SCr440 25 Shaft seal NBR Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The overview offers an optional clamp arm by manufacturer consultation, but the illustrated arm is not assigned an independent order code in this ordering table. The present order code selects the cylinder and front-cover form; it does not specify that optional arm. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 H-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for this magnetic QDK cylinder. Select the profile that fits the intended switch groove, then match the electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSJ and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QDK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the QDK body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For an H-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 cylinder working ports or separate M5 valve P/A/B ports; no speed adjustment PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC4M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa by the 5V100 valve. Its common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The QDK body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Apply the original arm-length/pressure and inertia/peak-speed curves to the actual fixture; these interface choices do not establish an allowable motion speed or cycle time. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 240 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: QDKR20X5SU is an AirTAC 20 mm planar rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 5 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QDK planar rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 20 20 mm nominal bore X5 5 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately U Flat front cover (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Rotation is completed in one plane, with zero axial rotation stroke before the separate 5 mm clamping movement. Two-pin guidance stabilizes rotation. Choose the raised through-panel front cover or U flat front cover for the installation. Four sensor grooves are built into the body; switches are selected separately. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 20 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Axial rotation stroke 0 mm (rotation in a plane) Straight clamping stroke 5 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QDK20 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa Not tabulated 0.2 MPa 20.1 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.3 MPa 40.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.4 MPa 60.3 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.5 MPa 80.4 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.6 MPa 100.5 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.7 MPa 120.6 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.8 MPa 140.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QDK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QDK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QDK20/25 peak speed below 65.5 mm/s; QDK32/40 below 120 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 70 AC 60 B 34 CA — D 12 E M6×1 EA 7.5 F 10 FA 3 G 4.2 H 8 J 7.3 JA 4.5 JB 24 K M5×0.8 KA 14 N 8 P M5×0.8 PA 31.5 PB 7 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Body Aluminum alloy 2 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 3 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 4 Magnet pad NBR 5 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 6 O-ring NBR 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Piston Brass except 40 mm; aluminum alloy for 40 mm 9 Bumper TPU 10 Front cover Aluminum alloy 11 Set screw Alloy steel 12 O-ring NBR 13 Set screw Alloy steel 14 O-ring NBR 15 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 16 Intermediate seat SCr440 17 Pin SUJ2 18 Spring Stainless steel 19 Rotary shaft SCr440 20 Retaining plate Stainless steel 21 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 22 Pin SUJ2 23 Shaft seal NBR 24 Piston rod SCr440 25 Shaft seal NBR Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The overview offers an optional clamp arm by manufacturer consultation, but the illustrated arm is not assigned an independent order code in this ordering table. The present order code selects the cylinder and front-cover form; it does not specify that optional arm. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 H-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for this magnetic QDK cylinder. Select the profile that fits the intended switch groove, then match the electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSJ and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QDK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the QDK body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For an H-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 cylinder working ports or separate M5 valve P/A/B ports; no speed adjustment PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC4M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa by the 5V100 valve. Its common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The QDK body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Apply the original arm-length/pressure and inertia/peak-speed curves to the actual fixture; these interface choices do not establish an allowable motion speed or cycle time. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 185 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: QDKR40X5SG is an AirTAC 40 mm planar rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 5 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QDK planar rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 40 40 mm nominal bore X5 5 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (front-cover code omitted) Raised front cover for through-panel mounting G G1/8 Design and operating features Rotation is completed in one plane, with zero axial rotation stroke before the separate 5 mm clamping movement. Two-pin guidance stabilizes rotation. Choose the raised through-panel front cover or U flat front cover for the installation. Four sensor grooves are built into the body; switches are selected separately. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 40 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread G1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Axial rotation stroke 0 mm (rotation in a plane) Straight clamping stroke 5 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QDK40 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa 75.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.2 MPa 180.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.3 MPa 286.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.4 MPa 391.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.5 MPa 497.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.6 MPa 602.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.7 MPa 708.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.8 MPa 813.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QDK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QDK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QDK20/25 peak speed below 65.5 mm/s; QDK32/40 below 120 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 98 AB 18 AC 70 B 52 CA 58.5 D 16 E M8×1.25 EA 12 F 10 FA 3 G 6.8 H 14 J 10.5 JA 6.5 JB 40 K M8×1.25 KA 20 M 30 N — P G1/8 PA 35 PB 9 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Body Aluminum alloy 2 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 3 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 4 Magnet pad NBR 5 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 6 O-ring NBR 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Piston Brass except 40 mm; aluminum alloy for 40 mm 9 Bumper TPU 10 Front cover Aluminum alloy 11 Set screw Alloy steel 12 O-ring NBR 13 Set screw Alloy steel 14 O-ring NBR 15 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 16 Intermediate seat SCr440 17 Pin SUJ2 18 Spring Stainless steel 19 Rotary shaft SCr440 20 Retaining plate Stainless steel 21 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 22 Pin SUJ2 23 Shaft seal NBR 24 Piston rod SCr440 25 Shaft seal NBR Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The overview offers an optional clamp arm by manufacturer consultation, but the illustrated arm is not assigned an independent order code in this ordering table. The present order code selects the cylinder and front-cover form; it does not specify that optional arm. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 H-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for this magnetic QDK cylinder. Select the profile that fits the intended switch groove, then match the electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSJ and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QDK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the QDK body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For an H-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 6 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. GPC601: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at each cylinder working port; no speed adjustment GPTL601A: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the separately selected valve P/A/B ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose GPC601 or GPTL601A at each G1/8 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC6M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G parallel-thread sealing ring correctly; G and PT threads are not interchangeable. Seat the separate M5 valve-side gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa by the 5V100 valve. Its common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The QDK body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Apply the original arm-length/pressure and inertia/peak-speed curves to the actual fixture; these interface choices do not establish an allowable motion speed or cycle time. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 505 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: QDKR40X5S is an AirTAC 40 mm planar rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 5 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QDK planar rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 40 40 mm nominal bore X5 5 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (front-cover code omitted) Raised front cover for through-panel mounting (thread code omitted) PT1/8 Design and operating features Rotation is completed in one plane, with zero axial rotation stroke before the separate 5 mm clamping movement. Two-pin guidance stabilizes rotation. Choose the raised through-panel front cover or U flat front cover for the installation. Four sensor grooves are built into the body; switches are selected separately. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 40 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread PT1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Axial rotation stroke 0 mm (rotation in a plane) Straight clamping stroke 5 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QDK40 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa 75.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.2 MPa 180.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.3 MPa 286.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.4 MPa 391.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.5 MPa 497.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.6 MPa 602.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.7 MPa 708.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.8 MPa 813.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QDK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QDK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QDK20/25 peak speed below 65.5 mm/s; QDK32/40 below 120 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 98 AB 18 AC 70 B 52 CA 58.5 D 16 E M8×1.25 EA 12 F 10 FA 3 G 6.8 H 14 J 10.5 JA 6.5 JB 40 K M8×1.25 KA 20 M 30 N — P PT1/8 PA 35 PB 9 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Body Aluminum alloy 2 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 3 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 4 Magnet pad NBR 5 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 6 O-ring NBR 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Piston Brass except 40 mm; aluminum alloy for 40 mm 9 Bumper TPU 10 Front cover Aluminum alloy 11 Set screw Alloy steel 12 O-ring NBR 13 Set screw Alloy steel 14 O-ring NBR 15 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 16 Intermediate seat SCr440 17 Pin SUJ2 18 Spring Stainless steel 19 Rotary shaft SCr440 20 Retaining plate Stainless steel 21 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 22 Pin SUJ2 23 Shaft seal NBR 24 Piston rod SCr440 25 Shaft seal NBR Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The overview offers an optional clamp arm by manufacturer consultation, but the illustrated arm is not assigned an independent order code in this ordering table. The present order code selects the cylinder and front-cover form; it does not specify that optional arm. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 H-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for this magnetic QDK cylinder. Select the profile that fits the intended switch groove, then match the electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSJ and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QDK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the QDK body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For an H-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 6 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at each cylinder working port; no speed adjustment PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the separately selected valve P/A/B ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC601 or PTL601A at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC6M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal the tapered PT connection correctly. Seat the separate M5 valve-side gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa by the 5V100 valve. Its common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The QDK body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Apply the original arm-length/pressure and inertia/peak-speed curves to the actual fixture; these interface choices do not establish an allowable motion speed or cycle time. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 505 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: QDKR32X5S is an AirTAC 32 mm planar rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 5 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QDK planar rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 32 32 mm nominal bore X5 5 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (front-cover code omitted) Raised front cover for through-panel mounting (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Rotation is completed in one plane, with zero axial rotation stroke before the separate 5 mm clamping movement. Two-pin guidance stabilizes rotation. Choose the raised through-panel front cover or U flat front cover for the installation. Four sensor grooves are built into the body; switches are selected separately. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Axial rotation stroke 0 mm (rotation in a plane) Straight clamping stroke 5 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QDK32 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa 43.1 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.2 MPa 111.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.3 MPa 181.3 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.4 MPa 250.4 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.5 MPa 319.5 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.6 MPa 388.6 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.7 MPa 457.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.8 MPa 526.8 N theoretical IN / clamping force These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QDK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QDK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QDK20/25 peak speed below 65.5 mm/s; QDK32/40 below 120 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 92 AB 17 AC 65 B 44.5 CA 50 D 14 E M8×1.25 EA 12 F 10 FA 3 G 5.2 H 10 J 9 JA 5.5 JB 34 K M6×1 KA 17 M 28 N 12 P M5×0.8 PA 33.5 PB 7 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Body Aluminum alloy 2 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 3 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 4 Magnet pad NBR 5 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 6 O-ring NBR 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Piston Brass except 40 mm; aluminum alloy for 40 mm 9 Bumper TPU 10 Front cover Aluminum alloy 11 Set screw Alloy steel 12 O-ring NBR 13 Set screw Alloy steel 14 O-ring NBR 15 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 16 Intermediate seat SCr440 17 Pin SUJ2 18 Spring Stainless steel 19 Rotary shaft SCr440 20 Retaining plate Stainless steel 21 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 22 Pin SUJ2 23 Shaft seal NBR 24 Piston rod SCr440 25 Shaft seal NBR Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The overview offers an optional clamp arm by manufacturer consultation, but the illustrated arm is not assigned an independent order code in this ordering table. The present order code selects the cylinder and front-cover form; it does not specify that optional arm. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 H-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for this magnetic QDK cylinder. Select the profile that fits the intended switch groove, then match the electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSJ and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QDK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the QDK body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For an H-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 cylinder working ports or separate M5 valve P/A/B ports; no speed adjustment PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC4M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa by the 5V100 valve. Its common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The QDK body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Apply the original arm-length/pressure and inertia/peak-speed curves to the actual fixture; these interface choices do not establish an allowable motion speed or cycle time. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 365 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: QDKR25X5S is an AirTAC 25 mm planar rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 5 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QDK planar rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 25 25 mm nominal bore X5 5 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (front-cover code omitted) Raised front cover for through-panel mounting (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Rotation is completed in one plane, with zero axial rotation stroke before the separate 5 mm clamping movement. Two-pin guidance stabilizes rotation. Choose the raised through-panel front cover or U flat front cover for the installation. Four sensor grooves are built into the body; switches are selected separately. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 25 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Axial rotation stroke 0 mm (rotation in a plane) Straight clamping stroke 5 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QDK25 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa 17.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.2 MPa 55.5 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.3 MPa 93.3 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.4 MPa 131.1 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.5 MPa 168.9 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.6 MPa 206.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.7 MPa 244.5 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.8 MPa 282.3 N theoretical IN / clamping force These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QDK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QDK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QDK20/25 peak speed below 65.5 mm/s; QDK32/40 below 120 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 86.5 AB 16.5 AC 60 B 40 CA — D 12 E M8×1.25 EA 12 F 10 FA 3 G 5.2 H 10 J 9 JA 5.5 JB 28 K M6×1 KA 17 M 26 N 10 P M5×0.8 PA 31 PB 7 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Body Aluminum alloy 2 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 3 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 4 Magnet pad NBR 5 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 6 O-ring NBR 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Piston Brass except 40 mm; aluminum alloy for 40 mm 9 Bumper TPU 10 Front cover Aluminum alloy 11 Set screw Alloy steel 12 O-ring NBR 13 Set screw Alloy steel 14 O-ring NBR 15 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 16 Intermediate seat SCr440 17 Pin SUJ2 18 Spring Stainless steel 19 Rotary shaft SCr440 20 Retaining plate Stainless steel 21 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 22 Pin SUJ2 23 Shaft seal NBR 24 Piston rod SCr440 25 Shaft seal NBR Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The overview offers an optional clamp arm by manufacturer consultation, but the illustrated arm is not assigned an independent order code in this ordering table. The present order code selects the cylinder and front-cover form; it does not specify that optional arm. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 H-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for this magnetic QDK cylinder. Select the profile that fits the intended switch groove, then match the electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSJ and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QDK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the QDK body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For an H-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 cylinder working ports or separate M5 valve P/A/B ports; no speed adjustment PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC4M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa by the 5V100 valve. Its common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The QDK body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Apply the original arm-length/pressure and inertia/peak-speed curves to the actual fixture; these interface choices do not establish an allowable motion speed or cycle time. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 270 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: QDKR20X5S is an AirTAC 20 mm planar rotary clamp cylinder. Right rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 5 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QDK planar rotary clamp cylinder; double acting R Right / clockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 20 20 mm nominal bore X5 5 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (front-cover code omitted) Raised front cover for through-panel mounting (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Rotation is completed in one plane, with zero axial rotation stroke before the separate 5 mm clamping movement. Two-pin guidance stabilizes rotation. Choose the raised through-panel front cover or U flat front cover for the installation. Four sensor grooves are built into the body; switches are selected separately. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 20 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Axial rotation stroke 0 mm (rotation in a plane) Straight clamping stroke 5 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QDK20 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa Not tabulated 0.2 MPa 20.1 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.3 MPa 40.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.4 MPa 60.3 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.5 MPa 80.4 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.6 MPa 100.5 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.7 MPa 120.6 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.8 MPa 140.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QDK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QDK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QDK20/25 peak speed below 65.5 mm/s; QDK32/40 below 120 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 86.5 AB 16.5 AC 60 B 34 CA — D 12 E M6×1 EA 12 F 10 FA 3 G 4.2 H 8 J 7.3 JA 4.5 JB 24 K M5×0.8 KA 14 M 24 N 8 P M5×0.8 PA 31.5 PB 7 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Body Aluminum alloy 2 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 3 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 4 Magnet pad NBR 5 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 6 O-ring NBR 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Piston Brass except 40 mm; aluminum alloy for 40 mm 9 Bumper TPU 10 Front cover Aluminum alloy 11 Set screw Alloy steel 12 O-ring NBR 13 Set screw Alloy steel 14 O-ring NBR 15 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 16 Intermediate seat SCr440 17 Pin SUJ2 18 Spring Stainless steel 19 Rotary shaft SCr440 20 Retaining plate Stainless steel 21 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 22 Pin SUJ2 23 Shaft seal NBR 24 Piston rod SCr440 25 Shaft seal NBR Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The overview offers an optional clamp arm by manufacturer consultation, but the illustrated arm is not assigned an independent order code in this ordering table. The present order code selects the cylinder and front-cover form; it does not specify that optional arm. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 H-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for this magnetic QDK cylinder. Select the profile that fits the intended switch groove, then match the electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSJ and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QDK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the QDK body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For an H-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 cylinder working ports or separate M5 valve P/A/B ports; no speed adjustment PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC4M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa by the 5V100 valve. Its common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The QDK body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Apply the original arm-length/pressure and inertia/peak-speed curves to the actual fixture; these interface choices do not establish an allowable motion speed or cycle time. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 210 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: QDKL40X5SUG is an AirTAC 40 mm planar rotary clamp cylinder. Left rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 5 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QDK planar rotary clamp cylinder; double acting L Left / counterclockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 40 40 mm nominal bore X5 5 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately U Flat front cover G G1/8 Design and operating features Rotation is completed in one plane, with zero axial rotation stroke before the separate 5 mm clamping movement. Two-pin guidance stabilizes rotation. Choose the raised through-panel front cover or U flat front cover for the installation. Four sensor grooves are built into the body; switches are selected separately. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 40 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread G1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Axial rotation stroke 0 mm (rotation in a plane) Straight clamping stroke 5 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QDK40 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa 75.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.2 MPa 180.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.3 MPa 286.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.4 MPa 391.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.5 MPa 497.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.6 MPa 602.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.7 MPa 708.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.8 MPa 813.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QDK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QDK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QDK20/25 peak speed below 65.5 mm/s; QDK32/40 below 120 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 80 AC 70 B 52 CA 58.5 D 16 E M8×1.25 EA 10 F 10 FA 3 G 6.8 H 14 J 10.5 JA 6.5 JB 40 K M8×1.25 KA 20 N — P G1/8 PA 35 PB 9 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Body Aluminum alloy 2 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 3 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 4 Magnet pad NBR 5 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 6 O-ring NBR 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Piston Brass except 40 mm; aluminum alloy for 40 mm 9 Bumper TPU 10 Front cover Aluminum alloy 11 Set screw Alloy steel 12 O-ring NBR 13 Set screw Alloy steel 14 O-ring NBR 15 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 16 Intermediate seat SCr440 17 Pin SUJ2 18 Spring Stainless steel 19 Rotary shaft SCr440 20 Retaining plate Stainless steel 21 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 22 Pin SUJ2 23 Shaft seal NBR 24 Piston rod SCr440 25 Shaft seal NBR Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The overview offers an optional clamp arm by manufacturer consultation, but the illustrated arm is not assigned an independent order code in this ordering table. The present order code selects the cylinder and front-cover form; it does not specify that optional arm. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 H-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for this magnetic QDK cylinder. Select the profile that fits the intended switch groove, then match the electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSJ and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QDK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the QDK body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For an H-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 6 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. GPC601: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at each cylinder working port; no speed adjustment GPTL601A: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the separately selected valve P/A/B ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose GPC601 or GPTL601A at each G1/8 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC6M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G parallel-thread sealing ring correctly; G and PT threads are not interchangeable. Seat the separate M5 valve-side gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa by the 5V100 valve. Its common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The QDK body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Apply the original arm-length/pressure and inertia/peak-speed curves to the actual fixture; these interface choices do not establish an allowable motion speed or cycle time. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 460 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: QDKL32X5SU is an AirTAC 32 mm planar rotary clamp cylinder. Left rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 5 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QDK planar rotary clamp cylinder; double acting L Left / counterclockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 32 32 mm nominal bore X5 5 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately U Flat front cover (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Rotation is completed in one plane, with zero axial rotation stroke before the separate 5 mm clamping movement. Two-pin guidance stabilizes rotation. Choose the raised through-panel front cover or U flat front cover for the installation. Four sensor grooves are built into the body; switches are selected separately. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Axial rotation stroke 0 mm (rotation in a plane) Straight clamping stroke 5 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QDK32 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa 43.1 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.2 MPa 111.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.3 MPa 181.3 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.4 MPa 250.4 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.5 MPa 319.5 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.6 MPa 388.6 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.7 MPa 457.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.8 MPa 526.8 N theoretical IN / clamping force These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QDK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QDK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QDK20/25 peak speed below 65.5 mm/s; QDK32/40 below 120 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 75 AC 65 B 44.5 CA 50 D 14 E M8×1.25 EA 10 F 10 FA 3 G 5.2 H 10 J 9 JA 5.5 JB 34 K M6×1 KA 17 N 12 P M5×0.8 PA 33.5 PB 7 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Body Aluminum alloy 2 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 3 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 4 Magnet pad NBR 5 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 6 O-ring NBR 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Piston Brass except 40 mm; aluminum alloy for 40 mm 9 Bumper TPU 10 Front cover Aluminum alloy 11 Set screw Alloy steel 12 O-ring NBR 13 Set screw Alloy steel 14 O-ring NBR 15 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 16 Intermediate seat SCr440 17 Pin SUJ2 18 Spring Stainless steel 19 Rotary shaft SCr440 20 Retaining plate Stainless steel 21 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 22 Pin SUJ2 23 Shaft seal NBR 24 Piston rod SCr440 25 Shaft seal NBR Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The overview offers an optional clamp arm by manufacturer consultation, but the illustrated arm is not assigned an independent order code in this ordering table. The present order code selects the cylinder and front-cover form; it does not specify that optional arm. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 H-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for this magnetic QDK cylinder. Select the profile that fits the intended switch groove, then match the electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSJ and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QDK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the QDK body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For an H-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 cylinder working ports or separate M5 valve P/A/B ports; no speed adjustment PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC4M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa by the 5V100 valve. Its common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The QDK body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Apply the original arm-length/pressure and inertia/peak-speed curves to the actual fixture; these interface choices do not establish an allowable motion speed or cycle time. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 325 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: QDKL25X5SU is an AirTAC 25 mm planar rotary clamp cylinder. Left rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 5 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QDK planar rotary clamp cylinder; double acting L Left / counterclockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 25 25 mm nominal bore X5 5 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately U Flat front cover (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Rotation is completed in one plane, with zero axial rotation stroke before the separate 5 mm clamping movement. Two-pin guidance stabilizes rotation. Choose the raised through-panel front cover or U flat front cover for the installation. Four sensor grooves are built into the body; switches are selected separately. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 25 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Axial rotation stroke 0 mm (rotation in a plane) Straight clamping stroke 5 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QDK25 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa 17.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.2 MPa 55.5 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.3 MPa 93.3 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.4 MPa 131.1 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.5 MPa 168.9 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.6 MPa 206.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.7 MPa 244.5 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.8 MPa 282.3 N theoretical IN / clamping force These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QDK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QDK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QDK20/25 peak speed below 65.5 mm/s; QDK32/40 below 120 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 70 AC 60 B 40 CA — D 12 E M8×1.25 EA 8 F 10 FA 3 G 5.2 H 10 J 9 JA 5.5 JB 28 K M6×1 KA 17 N 10 P M5×0.8 PA 31 PB 7 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Body Aluminum alloy 2 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 3 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 4 Magnet pad NBR 5 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 6 O-ring NBR 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Piston Brass except 40 mm; aluminum alloy for 40 mm 9 Bumper TPU 10 Front cover Aluminum alloy 11 Set screw Alloy steel 12 O-ring NBR 13 Set screw Alloy steel 14 O-ring NBR 15 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 16 Intermediate seat SCr440 17 Pin SUJ2 18 Spring Stainless steel 19 Rotary shaft SCr440 20 Retaining plate Stainless steel 21 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 22 Pin SUJ2 23 Shaft seal NBR 24 Piston rod SCr440 25 Shaft seal NBR Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The overview offers an optional clamp arm by manufacturer consultation, but the illustrated arm is not assigned an independent order code in this ordering table. The present order code selects the cylinder and front-cover form; it does not specify that optional arm. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 H-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for this magnetic QDK cylinder. Select the profile that fits the intended switch groove, then match the electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSJ and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QDK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the QDK body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For an H-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 cylinder working ports or separate M5 valve P/A/B ports; no speed adjustment PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC4M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa by the 5V100 valve. Its common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The QDK body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Apply the original arm-length/pressure and inertia/peak-speed curves to the actual fixture; these interface choices do not establish an allowable motion speed or cycle time. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 240 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: QDKL20X5SU is an AirTAC 20 mm planar rotary clamp cylinder. Left rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 5 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QDK planar rotary clamp cylinder; double acting L Left / counterclockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 20 20 mm nominal bore X5 5 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately U Flat front cover (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Rotation is completed in one plane, with zero axial rotation stroke before the separate 5 mm clamping movement. Two-pin guidance stabilizes rotation. Choose the raised through-panel front cover or U flat front cover for the installation. Four sensor grooves are built into the body; switches are selected separately. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 20 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Axial rotation stroke 0 mm (rotation in a plane) Straight clamping stroke 5 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QDK20 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa Not tabulated 0.2 MPa 20.1 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.3 MPa 40.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.4 MPa 60.3 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.5 MPa 80.4 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.6 MPa 100.5 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.7 MPa 120.6 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.8 MPa 140.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QDK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QDK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QDK20/25 peak speed below 65.5 mm/s; QDK32/40 below 120 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 70 AC 60 B 34 CA — D 12 E M6×1 EA 7.5 F 10 FA 3 G 4.2 H 8 J 7.3 JA 4.5 JB 24 K M5×0.8 KA 14 N 8 P M5×0.8 PA 31.5 PB 7 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Body Aluminum alloy 2 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 3 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 4 Magnet pad NBR 5 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 6 O-ring NBR 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Piston Brass except 40 mm; aluminum alloy for 40 mm 9 Bumper TPU 10 Front cover Aluminum alloy 11 Set screw Alloy steel 12 O-ring NBR 13 Set screw Alloy steel 14 O-ring NBR 15 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 16 Intermediate seat SCr440 17 Pin SUJ2 18 Spring Stainless steel 19 Rotary shaft SCr440 20 Retaining plate Stainless steel 21 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 22 Pin SUJ2 23 Shaft seal NBR 24 Piston rod SCr440 25 Shaft seal NBR Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The overview offers an optional clamp arm by manufacturer consultation, but the illustrated arm is not assigned an independent order code in this ordering table. The present order code selects the cylinder and front-cover form; it does not specify that optional arm. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 H-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for this magnetic QDK cylinder. Select the profile that fits the intended switch groove, then match the electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSJ and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QDK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the QDK body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For an H-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 cylinder working ports or separate M5 valve P/A/B ports; no speed adjustment PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC4M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa by the 5V100 valve. Its common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The QDK body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Apply the original arm-length/pressure and inertia/peak-speed curves to the actual fixture; these interface choices do not establish an allowable motion speed or cycle time. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 185 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: QDKL40X5SG is an AirTAC 40 mm planar rotary clamp cylinder. Left rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 5 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QDK planar rotary clamp cylinder; double acting L Left / counterclockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 40 40 mm nominal bore X5 5 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (front-cover code omitted) Raised front cover for through-panel mounting G G1/8 Design and operating features Rotation is completed in one plane, with zero axial rotation stroke before the separate 5 mm clamping movement. Two-pin guidance stabilizes rotation. Choose the raised through-panel front cover or U flat front cover for the installation. Four sensor grooves are built into the body; switches are selected separately. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 40 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread G1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Axial rotation stroke 0 mm (rotation in a plane) Straight clamping stroke 5 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QDK40 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa 75.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.2 MPa 180.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.3 MPa 286.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.4 MPa 391.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.5 MPa 497.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.6 MPa 602.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.7 MPa 708.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.8 MPa 813.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QDK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QDK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QDK20/25 peak speed below 65.5 mm/s; QDK32/40 below 120 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 98 AB 18 AC 70 B 52 CA 58.5 D 16 E M8×1.25 EA 12 F 10 FA 3 G 6.8 H 14 J 10.5 JA 6.5 JB 40 K M8×1.25 KA 20 M 30 N — P G1/8 PA 35 PB 9 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Body Aluminum alloy 2 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 3 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 4 Magnet pad NBR 5 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 6 O-ring NBR 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Piston Brass except 40 mm; aluminum alloy for 40 mm 9 Bumper TPU 10 Front cover Aluminum alloy 11 Set screw Alloy steel 12 O-ring NBR 13 Set screw Alloy steel 14 O-ring NBR 15 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 16 Intermediate seat SCr440 17 Pin SUJ2 18 Spring Stainless steel 19 Rotary shaft SCr440 20 Retaining plate Stainless steel 21 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 22 Pin SUJ2 23 Shaft seal NBR 24 Piston rod SCr440 25 Shaft seal NBR Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The overview offers an optional clamp arm by manufacturer consultation, but the illustrated arm is not assigned an independent order code in this ordering table. The present order code selects the cylinder and front-cover form; it does not specify that optional arm. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 H-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for this magnetic QDK cylinder. Select the profile that fits the intended switch groove, then match the electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSJ and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QDK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the QDK body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For an H-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 6 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. GPC601: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at each cylinder working port; no speed adjustment GPTL601A: G1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the separately selected valve P/A/B ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose GPC601 or GPTL601A at each G1/8 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC6M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G parallel-thread sealing ring correctly; G and PT threads are not interchangeable. Seat the separate M5 valve-side gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa by the 5V100 valve. Its common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The QDK body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Apply the original arm-length/pressure and inertia/peak-speed curves to the actual fixture; these interface choices do not establish an allowable motion speed or cycle time. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 505 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: QDKL40X5S is an AirTAC 40 mm planar rotary clamp cylinder. Left rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 5 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QDK planar rotary clamp cylinder; double acting L Left / counterclockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 40 40 mm nominal bore X5 5 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (front-cover code omitted) Raised front cover for through-panel mounting (thread code omitted) PT1/8 Design and operating features Rotation is completed in one plane, with zero axial rotation stroke before the separate 5 mm clamping movement. Two-pin guidance stabilizes rotation. Choose the raised through-panel front cover or U flat front cover for the installation. Four sensor grooves are built into the body; switches are selected separately. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 40 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread PT1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Axial rotation stroke 0 mm (rotation in a plane) Straight clamping stroke 5 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QDK40 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa 75.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.2 MPa 180.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.3 MPa 286.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.4 MPa 391.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.5 MPa 497.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.6 MPa 602.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.7 MPa 708.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.8 MPa 813.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QDK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QDK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QDK20/25 peak speed below 65.5 mm/s; QDK32/40 below 120 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 98 AB 18 AC 70 B 52 CA 58.5 D 16 E M8×1.25 EA 12 F 10 FA 3 G 6.8 H 14 J 10.5 JA 6.5 JB 40 K M8×1.25 KA 20 M 30 N — P PT1/8 PA 35 PB 9 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Body Aluminum alloy 2 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 3 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 4 Magnet pad NBR 5 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 6 O-ring NBR 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Piston Brass except 40 mm; aluminum alloy for 40 mm 9 Bumper TPU 10 Front cover Aluminum alloy 11 Set screw Alloy steel 12 O-ring NBR 13 Set screw Alloy steel 14 O-ring NBR 15 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 16 Intermediate seat SCr440 17 Pin SUJ2 18 Spring Stainless steel 19 Rotary shaft SCr440 20 Retaining plate Stainless steel 21 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 22 Pin SUJ2 23 Shaft seal NBR 24 Piston rod SCr440 25 Shaft seal NBR Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The overview offers an optional clamp arm by manufacturer consultation, but the illustrated arm is not assigned an independent order code in this ordering table. The present order code selects the cylinder and front-cover form; it does not specify that optional arm. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 H-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for this magnetic QDK cylinder. Select the profile that fits the intended switch groove, then match the electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSJ and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QDK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the QDK body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For an H-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 6 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC601: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at each cylinder working port; no speed adjustment PTL601A: PT1/8 male × 6 mm tube OD; A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male × 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the separately selected valve P/A/B ports US98A060040100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A060040100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 6 mm OD × 4 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: M5×0.8 female main ports; M5×0.8 female exhaust ports; terminal-cable version12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC601 or PTL601A at each PT1/8 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC6M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal the tapered PT connection correctly. Seat the separate M5 valve-side gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa by the 5V100 valve. Its common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The QDK body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Apply the original arm-length/pressure and inertia/peak-speed curves to the actual fixture; these interface choices do not establish an allowable motion speed or cycle time. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 505 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: QDKL32X5S is an AirTAC 32 mm planar rotary clamp cylinder. Left rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 5 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QDK planar rotary clamp cylinder; double acting L Left / counterclockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 32 32 mm nominal bore X5 5 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (front-cover code omitted) Raised front cover for through-panel mounting (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Rotation is completed in one plane, with zero axial rotation stroke before the separate 5 mm clamping movement. Two-pin guidance stabilizes rotation. Choose the raised through-panel front cover or U flat front cover for the installation. Four sensor grooves are built into the body; switches are selected separately. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Axial rotation stroke 0 mm (rotation in a plane) Straight clamping stroke 5 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QDK32 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa 43.1 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.2 MPa 111.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.3 MPa 181.3 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.4 MPa 250.4 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.5 MPa 319.5 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.6 MPa 388.6 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.7 MPa 457.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.8 MPa 526.8 N theoretical IN / clamping force These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QDK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QDK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QDK20/25 peak speed below 65.5 mm/s; QDK32/40 below 120 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 92 AB 17 AC 65 B 44.5 CA 50 D 14 E M8×1.25 EA 12 F 10 FA 3 G 5.2 H 10 J 9 JA 5.5 JB 34 K M6×1 KA 17 M 28 N 12 P M5×0.8 PA 33.5 PB 7 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Body Aluminum alloy 2 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 3 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 4 Magnet pad NBR 5 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 6 O-ring NBR 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Piston Brass except 40 mm; aluminum alloy for 40 mm 9 Bumper TPU 10 Front cover Aluminum alloy 11 Set screw Alloy steel 12 O-ring NBR 13 Set screw Alloy steel 14 O-ring NBR 15 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 16 Intermediate seat SCr440 17 Pin SUJ2 18 Spring Stainless steel 19 Rotary shaft SCr440 20 Retaining plate Stainless steel 21 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 22 Pin SUJ2 23 Shaft seal NBR 24 Piston rod SCr440 25 Shaft seal NBR Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The overview offers an optional clamp arm by manufacturer consultation, but the illustrated arm is not assigned an independent order code in this ordering table. The present order code selects the cylinder and front-cover form; it does not specify that optional arm. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 H-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for this magnetic QDK cylinder. Select the profile that fits the intended switch groove, then match the electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSJ and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QDK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the QDK body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For an H-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 cylinder working ports or separate M5 valve P/A/B ports; no speed adjustment PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC4M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa by the 5V100 valve. Its common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The QDK body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Apply the original arm-length/pressure and inertia/peak-speed curves to the actual fixture; these interface choices do not establish an allowable motion speed or cycle time. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 365 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: QDKL25X5S is an AirTAC 25 mm planar rotary clamp cylinder. Left rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 5 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QDK planar rotary clamp cylinder; double acting L Left / counterclockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 25 25 mm nominal bore X5 5 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (front-cover code omitted) Raised front cover for through-panel mounting (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Rotation is completed in one plane, with zero axial rotation stroke before the separate 5 mm clamping movement. Two-pin guidance stabilizes rotation. Choose the raised through-panel front cover or U flat front cover for the installation. Four sensor grooves are built into the body; switches are selected separately. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 25 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Axial rotation stroke 0 mm (rotation in a plane) Straight clamping stroke 5 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QDK25 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa 17.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.2 MPa 55.5 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.3 MPa 93.3 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.4 MPa 131.1 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.5 MPa 168.9 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.6 MPa 206.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.7 MPa 244.5 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.8 MPa 282.3 N theoretical IN / clamping force These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QDK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QDK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QDK20/25 peak speed below 65.5 mm/s; QDK32/40 below 120 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 86.5 AB 16.5 AC 60 B 40 CA — D 12 E M8×1.25 EA 12 F 10 FA 3 G 5.2 H 10 J 9 JA 5.5 JB 28 K M6×1 KA 17 M 26 N 10 P M5×0.8 PA 31 PB 7 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Body Aluminum alloy 2 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 3 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 4 Magnet pad NBR 5 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 6 O-ring NBR 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Piston Brass except 40 mm; aluminum alloy for 40 mm 9 Bumper TPU 10 Front cover Aluminum alloy 11 Set screw Alloy steel 12 O-ring NBR 13 Set screw Alloy steel 14 O-ring NBR 15 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 16 Intermediate seat SCr440 17 Pin SUJ2 18 Spring Stainless steel 19 Rotary shaft SCr440 20 Retaining plate Stainless steel 21 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 22 Pin SUJ2 23 Shaft seal NBR 24 Piston rod SCr440 25 Shaft seal NBR Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The overview offers an optional clamp arm by manufacturer consultation, but the illustrated arm is not assigned an independent order code in this ordering table. The present order code selects the cylinder and front-cover form; it does not specify that optional arm. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 H-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for this magnetic QDK cylinder. Select the profile that fits the intended switch groove, then match the electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSJ and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QDK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the QDK body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For an H-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 cylinder working ports or separate M5 valve P/A/B ports; no speed adjustment PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC4M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa by the 5V100 valve. Its common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The QDK body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Apply the original arm-length/pressure and inertia/peak-speed curves to the actual fixture; these interface choices do not establish an allowable motion speed or cycle time. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 270 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less

Specifications: QDKL20X5S is an AirTAC 20 mm planar rotary clamp cylinder. Left rotation is selected by the current order code. The cylinder has a 5 mm straight clamping stroke. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details QDK planar rotary clamp cylinder; double acting L Left / counterclockwise rotation during the downward clamping sequence, as viewed in the catalog rotation diagram 20 20 mm nominal bore X5 5 mm clamping stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (front-cover code omitted) Raised front cover for through-panel mounting (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Rotation is completed in one plane, with zero axial rotation stroke before the separate 5 mm clamping movement. Two-pin guidance stabilizes rotation. Choose the raised through-panel front cover or U flat front cover for the installation. Four sensor grooves are built into the body; switches are selected separately. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 20 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–1 MPa Proof pressure 1.5 MPa Repeatability ±2° Rotation angle 90° Axial rotation stroke 0 mm (rotation in a plane) Straight clamping stroke 5 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for QDK20 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH; J profile: CMSJ / DMSJ. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Force and load selection Parameter Details 0.1 MPa Not tabulated 0.2 MPa 20.1 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.3 MPa 40.2 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.4 MPa 60.3 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.5 MPa 80.4 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.6 MPa 100.5 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.7 MPa 120.6 N theoretical IN / clamping force 0.8 MPa 140.7 N theoretical IN / clamping force These are theoretical catalog outputs, not a rated workpiece mass. Values below the specified operating-pressure range are table references and do not extend the permitted operating range. Arm bending and rotational inertia can require a lower pressure or speed than the cylinder maximum. Parameter Details Arm-length / pressure example At 80 mm arm length: QDK20/25 below 0.45 MPa; QDK32/40 below 0.55 MPa. Inertia / speed example At 10⁻³ kg·m²: QDK20/25 peak speed below 65.5 mm/s; QDK32/40 below 120 mm/s. Use the arm-length versus pressure and inertia versus maximum-speed curves for the actual bore and fixture. The catalog relates maximum piston speed to average speed by a factor of 1.6; use peak speed when checking the graph. Add the inertia of the selected arm and attached tooling. Keep the assembly within both bending and inertia limits. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 86.5 AB 16.5 AC 60 B 34 CA — D 12 E M6×1 EA 12 F 10 FA 3 G 4.2 H 8 J 7.3 JA 4.5 JB 24 K M5×0.8 KA 14 M 24 N 8 P M5×0.8 PA 31.5 PB 7 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Body Aluminum alloy 2 Rear cover Aluminum alloy 3 Magnet holder Aluminum alloy 4 Magnet pad NBR 5 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 6 O-ring NBR 7 Piston seal NBR 8 Piston Brass except 40 mm; aluminum alloy for 40 mm 9 Bumper TPU 10 Front cover Aluminum alloy 11 Set screw Alloy steel 12 O-ring NBR 13 Set screw Alloy steel 14 O-ring NBR 15 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 16 Intermediate seat SCr440 17 Pin SUJ2 18 Spring Stainless steel 19 Rotary shaft SCr440 20 Retaining plate Stainless steel 21 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 22 Pin SUJ2 23 Shaft seal NBR 24 Piston rod SCr440 25 Shaft seal NBR Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries The overview offers an optional clamp arm by manufacturer consultation, but the illustrated arm is not assigned an independent order code in this ordering table. The present order code selects the cylinder and front-cover form; it does not specify that optional arm. Installation and use Use clean compressed air filtered through a 40 μm element and flush all tubing before connection. Fit meter-out flow control at the ports; rotational impact grows rapidly when speed is excessive. Clamp only during the straight clamping stroke, after rotation is complete. The clamping face must be parallel to the workpiece and perpendicular to the cylinder axis; avoid clamping on a slope. Keep the workpiece stationary after clamping. Prevent side loads and impacts; do not use the cylinder to straighten a workpiece. When adjusting or removing a clamp arm, support the arm with an open-ended wrench and use the hex wrench on its fastener. Do not lock the cylinder body and transmit the tightening torque through its internal mechanism. Protect the ports and rod against contamination and corrosion during storage. Exhaust residual air and support the load before maintenance. Do not mount the cylinder horizontally; the dedicated selection page expressly excludes that mounting orientation. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 J-profile: CMSJ — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020, CMSJ-030, CMSJ-050, CMSJ-100, CMSJ-M08, CMSJ-M08010, CMSJ-M08020, CMSJ-M08030, CMSJ-M12, CMSJ-M12010, CMSJ-M12020, CMSJ-M12030, A05-CMSJ-020, A05-CMSJ-030, A05-CMSJ-050, A05-CMSJ-100 J-profile: CMSJ — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSJ-020-H, CMSJ-030-H, CMSJ-050-H, CMSJ-100-H, CMSJ-M08-H, CMSJ-M08010-H, CMSJ-M08020-H, CMSJ-M08030-H, CMSJ-M12-H, CMSJ-M12010-H, CMSJ-M12020-H, CMSJ-M12030-H J-profile: DMSJ — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSJ-020, DMSJ-030, DMSJ-050, DMSJ-100, DMSJ-M08, DMSJ-M08010, DMSJ-M08020, DMSJ-M08030, DMSJ-M12, DMSJ-M12010, DMSJ-M12020, DMSJ-M12030, DMSJ-020-W, DMSJ-030-W, DMSJ-050-W, DMSJ-100-W, A05-DMSJ-020, A05-DMSJ-030, A05-DMSJ-050, A05-DMSJ-100 J-profile: DMSJ — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-N020, DMSJ-N030, DMSJ-N050, DMSJ-N100, DMSJ-NM08, DMSJ-NM08010, DMSJ-NM08020, DMSJ-NM08030, DMSJ-NM12, DMSJ-NM12010, DMSJ-NM12020, DMSJ-NM12030, DMSJ-N020-W, DMSJ-N030-W, DMSJ-N050-W, DMSJ-N100-W J-profile: DMSJ — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSJ-P020, DMSJ-P030, DMSJ-P050, DMSJ-P100, DMSJ-PM08, DMSJ-PM08010, DMSJ-PM08020, DMSJ-PM08030, DMSJ-PM12, DMSJ-PM12010, DMSJ-PM12020, DMSJ-PM12030, DMSJ-P020-W, DMSJ-P030-W, DMSJ-P050-W, DMSJ-P100-W Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 H-profile and J-profile groups are alternative sensor choices for this magnetic QDK cylinder. Select the profile that fits the intended switch groove, then match the electrical circuit and cable. These separately ordered options are not a required set. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH and CMSJ reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSJ and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSJ outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the clamping stroke. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMS also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMS-W has direct leads only; the listed EMS-W options also include connectors. DMSJ is not available with A06 cable; the listed A05-DMSJ options use two-wire direct leads. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMS versions with the final -H suffix. The QDK cylinder remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the cylinder, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected sensor in its matching switch groove on the QDK body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. For an H-profile sensor, loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. For a J-profile sensor, loosen the screw enough to let its lower mounting piece enter the groove. Slide it to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not cylinder mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections, tubing and electrical controls These separately ordered options use a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit. The tube size and valve are interface examples, not a catalog flow recommendation or a validated clamp assembly. Select capacity and response for the actual arm, fixture inertia and required motion time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 cylinder working ports or separate M5 valve P/A/B ports; no speed adjustment PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeCylinder-port meter-out speed control instead of the straight fitting US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example; cut to installed length BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected valve exhaust R/S only; not at cylinder working ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable220 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable110 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable24 V AC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cable12 V DC solenoid direction control for rotation and clamping/release Choose PC4M5 or PTL4M5A-M at each M5 cylinder chamber port; the A-type controller restricts cylinder-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Keep the two work lines separate. Use PC4M5 at the separate M5×0.8 valve P/A/B ports. Match each end by its stated thread rather than assuming cylinder and valve ports are identical. Fittings/controllers accept exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tubing at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 options are 5/2 valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. The 5V110 is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the loss-of-power behavior for the clamp sequence; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. Final 050/200 selects a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected branch is limited to 0.15–0.8 MPa by the 5V100 valve. Its common temperature range is −20 to +70°C, subject to derating and lower installed-component limits. The QDK body rating remains 0.15–1 MPa. Apply the original arm-length/pressure and inertia/peak-speed curves to the actual fixture; these interface choices do not establish an allowable motion speed or cycle time. BSLM5 fits the selected valve exhaust R/S ports (M5×0.8) only. Silencer limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C; it does not belong in a cylinder working port. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 210 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

Read more less